1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
160 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
164 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
169 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
171 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
173 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
176 static int any_help_event_p
;
178 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
179 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
181 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
183 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
185 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
188 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
190 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
191 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
192 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
193 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
195 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
197 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
198 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
199 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
200 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
202 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
204 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
206 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
209 /* The application context for Xt use. */
210 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
211 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
212 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
214 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
216 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
218 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
219 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
221 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
223 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
224 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
225 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
227 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
231 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
232 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
233 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
234 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
236 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
238 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
239 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
240 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
241 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
242 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
243 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
244 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
245 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
246 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
249 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
251 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
252 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
253 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
255 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
257 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
258 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
261 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
262 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
265 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
267 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
268 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
269 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
270 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
271 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
272 it's somewhat accurate. */
274 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
276 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
280 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
282 static int input_signal_count
;
285 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
287 static int x_noop_count
;
289 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
291 extern char **initial_argv
;
292 extern int initial_argc
;
294 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
296 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
298 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
300 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
304 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
306 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
308 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
310 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
311 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
312 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
315 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
317 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
318 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
320 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
321 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
322 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
323 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
324 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
325 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
327 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
328 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
329 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
330 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
332 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
333 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
334 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
335 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
336 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
337 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
338 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
339 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
340 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
341 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
342 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
344 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
345 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
346 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
347 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
348 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
349 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
350 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
351 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
352 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
353 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
354 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
355 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
356 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
357 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
359 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
360 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
361 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
362 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
363 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
364 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
365 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
366 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
367 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
369 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
370 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
371 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
372 int *, struct input_event
*));
375 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
384 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
385 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
386 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
388 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
389 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
394 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
395 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
396 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
397 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
398 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
401 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
404 /***********************************************************************
406 ***********************************************************************/
410 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
411 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
419 struct record event_record
[100];
421 int event_record_index
;
423 record_event (locus
, type
)
427 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
428 event_record_index
= 0;
430 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
431 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
432 event_record_index
++;
439 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
441 struct x_display_info
*
442 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
445 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
447 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
448 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
456 /***********************************************************************
457 Starting and ending an update
458 ***********************************************************************/
460 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
461 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
462 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
463 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
464 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
474 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
475 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
479 x_update_window_begin (w
)
482 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
483 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
486 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
490 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
492 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
493 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
495 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
497 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
498 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
500 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
501 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
502 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
503 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
504 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
505 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
507 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
508 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
509 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
510 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
511 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
512 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
513 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
517 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
518 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
521 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
522 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
531 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
534 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
538 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
541 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
543 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
546 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
547 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
550 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
552 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
553 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
555 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
556 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
557 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
559 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
560 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
564 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
566 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
568 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
570 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
575 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
577 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
579 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
580 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
585 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
586 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
587 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
589 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
590 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
591 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
594 updated_window
= NULL
;
598 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
605 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
606 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
610 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
616 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
617 complete update has been performed. The global variable
618 updated_window is not available here. */
621 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
626 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
628 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
629 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
632 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
633 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
634 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
635 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
636 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
643 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
644 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
645 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
646 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
647 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
648 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
651 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
652 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
654 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
660 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
661 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
663 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
664 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
665 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
666 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
667 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
668 overhead is very small. */
669 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
670 && desired_row
->full_width_p
671 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
672 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
674 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
677 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
679 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
680 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
681 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
685 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
686 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
687 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
688 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
689 y
, width
, height
, False
);
695 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
697 struct glyph_row
*row
;
698 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
700 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
701 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
702 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
703 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
704 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
707 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
708 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
711 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
714 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
715 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
716 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
717 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
719 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
722 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
724 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
726 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
727 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
728 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
729 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
731 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
733 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
735 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
736 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
739 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
745 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
746 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
750 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
752 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
754 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
756 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
758 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
759 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
761 face
->background
, depth
);
765 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
766 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
769 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
770 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
771 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
772 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
775 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
776 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
777 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
781 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
782 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
783 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
787 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
792 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
793 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
794 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
798 XTset_terminal_modes ()
802 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
803 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
806 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
812 /***********************************************************************
814 ***********************************************************************/
816 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
818 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
821 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
822 is not contained in the font. */
825 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
828 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
830 /* The result metric information. */
831 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
833 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
835 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
837 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
839 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
840 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
841 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
842 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
843 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
844 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
845 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
846 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
847 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
848 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
852 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
853 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
854 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
855 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
857 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
858 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
862 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
864 \ = integer modulus */
865 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
866 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
867 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
868 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
870 pcm
= (font
->per_char
871 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
872 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
873 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
879 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
880 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
881 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
882 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
883 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
884 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
888 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
893 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
894 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
897 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
900 struct font_info
*font_info
;
903 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
904 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
906 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
907 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
909 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
911 /* It's a program. */
912 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
914 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
915 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
917 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
918 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
923 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
924 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
925 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
928 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
930 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
932 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
933 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
935 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
937 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
939 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
941 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
943 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
944 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
945 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
947 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
948 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
952 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
954 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
959 /***********************************************************************
961 ***********************************************************************/
965 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
969 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
977 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
978 unsigned long *, double, int));
979 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
980 double, int, unsigned long));
981 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
982 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
983 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
984 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
985 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
986 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
988 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
989 int, int, int, int, int, int,
991 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
992 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
995 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
999 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1004 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1006 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1007 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1008 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1010 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1013 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1017 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1018 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1020 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1021 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1022 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1023 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1024 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1025 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1026 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1028 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1029 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1030 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1032 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1033 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1036 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1037 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1038 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1039 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1041 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1042 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1045 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1046 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1048 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1053 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1056 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1057 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1062 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1063 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1064 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1066 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1068 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1069 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1071 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1072 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1073 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1075 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1076 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1077 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1080 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1085 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1086 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1087 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1088 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1089 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1090 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1092 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1093 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1096 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1097 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1099 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1102 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1106 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1107 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1108 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1111 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1112 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1114 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1118 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1119 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1123 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1124 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1126 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1128 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1130 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1131 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1133 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1135 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1136 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1138 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1140 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1143 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1145 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1146 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1148 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1149 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1151 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1152 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1156 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1157 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1160 /* GC must have been set. */
1161 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1165 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1166 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1169 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1170 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1173 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1174 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1179 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1180 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1183 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1184 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1187 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1190 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1191 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1192 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1193 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1194 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1199 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1202 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1203 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1207 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1208 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1209 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1210 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1214 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1215 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1216 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1217 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1218 contains the first component of a composition. */
1221 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1222 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1225 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1226 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1227 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1229 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1233 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1234 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1235 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1236 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1237 s
->background_width
,
1238 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1239 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1240 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1242 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1243 || s
->font_not_found_p
1244 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1247 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1248 s
->background_width
,
1249 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1250 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1256 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1259 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1260 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1264 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1265 of S to the right of that box line. */
1266 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1267 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1268 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1272 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1274 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1276 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1278 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1279 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1280 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1282 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1287 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1288 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1290 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1291 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1293 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1295 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1296 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1298 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1299 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1300 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1301 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1302 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1304 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1306 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1308 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1309 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1311 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1312 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1317 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1318 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1320 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1321 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1324 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1326 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1327 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1329 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1330 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1332 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1333 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1338 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1341 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1342 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1346 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1347 of S to the right of that box line. */
1348 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1349 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1350 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1354 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1355 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1356 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1357 this composition. */
1359 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1360 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1361 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1364 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1365 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1369 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1371 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1372 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1373 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1375 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1376 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1377 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1378 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1385 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1387 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1388 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1389 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1390 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1391 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1394 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1395 cannot be determined. */
1397 static struct frame
*
1398 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1401 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1405 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1407 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1408 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1409 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1410 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1411 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1412 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1414 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1415 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1416 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1417 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1418 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1419 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1420 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1421 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1428 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1429 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1430 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1431 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1434 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1439 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1440 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1444 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1445 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1446 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1447 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1448 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1449 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1452 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1456 unsigned long *pixel
;
1460 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1461 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1465 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1466 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1468 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1470 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1472 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1477 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1478 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1480 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1483 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1485 DPY is the display we are working on.
1487 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1488 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1489 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1490 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1492 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1493 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1495 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1496 we allocated the color or not.
1498 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1501 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1505 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1506 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1516 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1517 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1519 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1523 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1524 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1525 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1527 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1529 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1530 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1532 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1534 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1535 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1537 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1538 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1540 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1541 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1546 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1548 params
[0] = color_name
;
1549 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1550 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1551 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1556 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1558 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1560 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1564 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1568 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1569 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1572 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1577 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1578 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1579 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1581 APP is the application context in which we work.
1583 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1584 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1585 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1587 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1590 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1599 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1601 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1604 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1606 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1607 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1608 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1609 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1610 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1615 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1618 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1619 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1620 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1621 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1623 static const XColor
*
1624 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1628 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1630 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1632 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1635 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1636 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1637 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1638 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1639 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1641 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1642 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1644 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1645 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1648 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1649 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1653 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1654 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1657 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1662 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1664 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1667 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1669 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1670 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1671 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1672 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1676 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1680 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1681 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1684 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1688 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1692 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1693 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1694 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1698 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1705 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1708 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1709 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1710 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1711 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1713 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1715 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1717 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1719 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1720 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1721 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1722 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1724 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1727 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1731 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1732 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1733 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1734 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1738 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1739 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1740 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1741 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1742 XColor
*cached_color
;
1744 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1745 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1746 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1747 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1748 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1750 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1751 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1752 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1756 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1758 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1759 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1765 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1766 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1767 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1771 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1776 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1777 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1781 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1782 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1783 get color reference counts right. */
1786 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1788 unsigned long pixel
;
1792 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1794 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1795 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1797 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1798 register_color (pixel
);
1804 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1805 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1806 get color reference counts right. */
1809 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1812 unsigned long pixel
;
1816 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1818 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1819 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1821 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1822 register_color (pixel
);
1828 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1831 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1832 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1833 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1834 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1835 use an additional additive factor.
1837 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1838 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1839 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1842 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1843 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1844 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1845 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1846 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1847 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1850 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1854 unsigned long *pixel
;
1862 /* Get RGB color values. */
1863 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1864 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1866 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1867 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1868 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1869 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1870 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1872 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1873 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1875 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1876 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1877 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1878 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1879 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1881 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1882 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1883 /* The additive adjustment. */
1884 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1888 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1889 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1890 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1894 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1895 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1896 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1900 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1901 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1904 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1906 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1907 delta to the RGB values. */
1908 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1910 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1911 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1912 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1913 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1924 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1925 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1926 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1927 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1928 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1929 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1932 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1934 struct relief
*relief
;
1937 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1940 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1941 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1942 unsigned long pixel
;
1943 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1944 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1945 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1946 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1948 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1949 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1951 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1952 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1953 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1955 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1957 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1958 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1961 /* Allocate new color. */
1962 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1964 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1965 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1967 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1968 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1971 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1973 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1975 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1978 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1982 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1985 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1986 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1988 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1989 unsigned long color
;
1991 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1992 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1993 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1995 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1996 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2001 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2002 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2003 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2006 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2007 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2009 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2010 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2011 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2012 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2013 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2018 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2019 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2020 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2021 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2022 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2023 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2027 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2028 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2030 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2031 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2032 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2034 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2035 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2040 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2042 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2043 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2047 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2048 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2049 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2050 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2054 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2055 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2056 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2058 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2060 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2062 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2063 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2067 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2068 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2069 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2070 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2074 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2075 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2076 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2078 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2082 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2083 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2084 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2085 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2086 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2087 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2090 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2091 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2092 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2093 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2094 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2098 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2099 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2100 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2103 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2104 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2108 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2109 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2112 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2113 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2117 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2118 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2120 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2121 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2125 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2128 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2129 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2131 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2132 int left_p
, right_p
;
2133 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2134 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2136 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2137 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2138 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2140 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2141 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2143 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2145 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2146 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2148 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2150 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2152 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2154 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2155 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2157 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2158 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2159 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2161 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2163 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2165 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2166 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2167 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2170 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2171 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2172 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2177 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2180 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2181 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2184 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2186 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2187 right of that line. */
2188 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2189 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2191 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2193 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2195 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2196 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2197 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2198 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2204 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2205 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2206 trust on the shape extension to be available
2207 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2209 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2212 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2214 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2215 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2216 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2217 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2218 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2220 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2223 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2224 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2225 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2226 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2227 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2228 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2232 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2234 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2237 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2238 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2239 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2240 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2241 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2242 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2244 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2245 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2246 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2247 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2248 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2249 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2250 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2252 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2254 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2256 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2257 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2262 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2263 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2264 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2268 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2271 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2272 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2274 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2277 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2279 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2280 right of that line. */
2281 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2282 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2284 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2286 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2288 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2289 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2290 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2291 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2293 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2294 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2296 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2297 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2301 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2302 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2307 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2308 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2310 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2311 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2312 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2314 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2316 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2321 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2324 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2325 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2329 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2331 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2332 right of that line. */
2333 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2334 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2336 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2338 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2340 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2341 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2342 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2343 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2349 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2350 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2351 trust on the shape extension to be available
2352 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2354 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2358 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2359 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2360 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2361 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2362 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2364 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2365 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2366 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2367 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2371 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2372 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2373 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2375 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2376 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2377 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2378 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2379 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2380 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2381 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2383 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2385 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2386 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2387 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2392 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2393 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2394 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2398 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2399 give the rectangle to draw. */
2402 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2403 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2408 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2409 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2410 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2411 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2414 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2418 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2421 s->x +-------------------------
2424 | +-------------------------
2427 | | +-------------------
2433 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2434 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2436 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2437 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2439 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2442 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2443 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2444 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2445 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2447 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2448 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2450 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2451 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2455 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2456 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2460 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2461 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2462 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2463 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2464 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2466 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2467 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2468 s
->background_width
,
2471 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2473 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2475 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2478 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2479 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2480 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2481 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2482 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2487 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2489 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2490 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2491 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2492 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2500 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2502 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2504 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2505 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2507 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2510 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2513 /* Draw the foreground. */
2516 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2517 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2518 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2519 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2520 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2523 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2525 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2527 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2528 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2529 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2533 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2536 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2537 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2539 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2540 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2542 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2543 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2545 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2546 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2547 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2550 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2552 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2553 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2555 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2556 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2560 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2561 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2563 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2569 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2570 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2572 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2574 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2575 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2576 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2577 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2582 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2583 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2584 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2585 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2589 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2590 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2593 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2597 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2600 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2601 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2603 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2605 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2606 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2607 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2608 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2610 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2611 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2612 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2613 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2616 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2617 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2619 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2620 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2621 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2622 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2623 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2624 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2627 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2628 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2629 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2630 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2634 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2636 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2639 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2643 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2647 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2648 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2650 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2651 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2654 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2655 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2656 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2658 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2659 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2666 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2668 /* Draw underline. */
2669 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2671 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2674 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2675 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2678 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2679 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2680 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2681 specs, and its default is
2683 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2684 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2686 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2687 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2688 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2689 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2690 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2692 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2694 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2695 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2696 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2700 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2701 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2702 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2703 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2704 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2708 /* Draw overline. */
2709 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2711 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2713 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2714 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2719 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2720 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2721 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2723 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2727 /* Draw strike-through. */
2728 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2730 unsigned long h
= 1;
2731 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2733 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2734 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2739 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2740 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2741 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2743 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2747 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2748 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2749 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2752 /* Reset clipping. */
2753 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2756 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2759 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2761 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2763 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2764 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2765 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2769 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2780 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2781 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2784 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2791 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2792 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2796 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2797 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2807 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2809 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2811 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2812 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2813 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2815 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2816 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2818 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2820 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2821 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2822 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2824 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2831 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2833 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2834 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2836 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2839 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2840 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2843 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2844 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2846 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2847 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2848 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2850 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2851 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2855 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2857 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2858 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2862 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2864 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2865 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2867 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2869 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2881 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2882 pixels into background pixels. */
2886 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2887 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2888 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2890 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2891 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2895 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2896 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2897 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2898 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2899 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2900 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2901 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2905 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2906 edge it is next to. */
2907 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2909 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2910 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2913 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2914 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2921 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2923 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2924 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2926 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2928 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2929 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2930 width
, flash_height
);
2931 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2933 (height
- flash_height
2934 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2935 width
, flash_height
);
2938 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2939 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2940 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2941 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2946 struct timeval wakeup
;
2948 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2950 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2951 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2952 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2953 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2955 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2957 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2959 struct timeval current
;
2960 struct timeval timeout
;
2962 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2964 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2965 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2968 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2970 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2972 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2973 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2977 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2978 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2980 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2982 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2983 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2984 width
, flash_height
);
2985 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2987 (height
- flash_height
2988 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2989 width
, flash_height
);
2992 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2993 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2994 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2995 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2997 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3005 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3008 /* Make audible bell. */
3013 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3015 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3017 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3024 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3025 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3032 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3033 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3034 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3035 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3038 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3041 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3046 /***********************************************************************
3048 ***********************************************************************/
3050 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3051 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3054 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3061 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3064 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3068 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3069 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3071 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3072 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3074 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3076 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3077 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3078 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3082 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3083 line at the bottom. */
3084 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3085 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3087 height
= run
->height
;
3091 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3093 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3094 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3096 height
= run
->height
;
3101 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3105 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3106 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3107 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3117 /***********************************************************************
3119 ***********************************************************************/
3126 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3127 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3128 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3129 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3131 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3132 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3134 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3138 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3141 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3142 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3143 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3144 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3146 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3147 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3149 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3152 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3153 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3154 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3155 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3156 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3159 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3160 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3161 struct frame
*frame
;
3163 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3165 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3167 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3168 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3169 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3171 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3172 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3175 selected_frame
= frame
;
3176 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3178 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3179 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3182 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3183 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3185 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3188 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3191 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3192 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3193 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3196 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3199 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3200 struct frame
*frame
;
3201 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3203 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3205 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3207 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3208 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3210 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3211 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3212 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3213 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3214 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3216 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3217 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3221 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3224 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3225 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3228 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3230 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3232 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3234 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3235 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3239 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3240 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3245 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3246 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3248 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3251 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3252 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3254 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3256 struct frame
*frame
;
3258 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3262 switch (event
->type
)
3267 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3269 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3271 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3272 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3273 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3274 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3276 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3282 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3283 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3284 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3285 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3291 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3294 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3295 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3297 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3300 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3301 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3302 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3304 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3305 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3306 the appropriate X display info. */
3309 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3310 struct frame
*frame
;
3312 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3316 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3317 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3319 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3321 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3323 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3324 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3325 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3326 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3327 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3329 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3330 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3334 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3336 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3339 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3340 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3341 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3347 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3349 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3351 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3352 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3354 int min_code
, max_code
;
3357 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3359 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3360 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3361 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3362 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3363 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3366 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3368 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3369 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3372 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3373 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3375 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3377 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3378 Alt keysyms are on. */
3380 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3381 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3383 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3385 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3386 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3388 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3390 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3394 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3398 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3400 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3406 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3407 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3412 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3413 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3418 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3419 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3420 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3421 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3426 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3427 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3428 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3429 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3433 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3434 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3435 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3436 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3437 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3446 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3447 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3449 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3450 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3453 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3454 make them just meta, not alt. */
3455 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3457 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3460 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3461 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3464 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3468 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3469 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3472 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3473 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3474 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3475 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3478 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3479 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3480 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3481 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3482 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3483 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3484 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3485 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3488 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3489 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3490 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3491 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3492 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3493 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3497 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3498 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3501 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3502 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3503 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3504 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3508 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3509 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3510 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3511 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3512 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3513 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3514 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3515 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3518 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3519 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3520 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3521 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3522 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3523 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3526 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3529 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3535 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3543 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3545 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3547 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3551 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3552 struct input_event
*result
;
3553 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3556 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3558 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3559 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3560 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3561 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3563 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3567 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3568 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3569 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3575 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3576 The input handler calls this.
3578 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3579 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3580 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3581 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3583 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3584 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3587 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3589 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3591 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3592 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3593 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3595 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3597 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3598 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3599 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3600 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3605 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3606 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3607 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3608 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3609 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3610 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3612 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3613 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3614 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3615 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3616 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3617 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3625 /************************************************************************
3627 ************************************************************************/
3630 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3632 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3633 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3634 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3635 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3636 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3641 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3642 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3644 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3645 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3646 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3647 position on the scroll bar.
3649 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3650 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3653 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3654 was at this position.
3656 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3658 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3662 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3665 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3666 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3668 unsigned long *time
;
3674 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3675 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3681 Window dummy_window
;
3684 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3686 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3687 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3688 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3689 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3691 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3693 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3694 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3695 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3697 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3700 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3701 a different screen. */
3704 /* The position on that root window. */
3707 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3710 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3712 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3714 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3715 containing the pointer. */
3719 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3724 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3725 structure is changing at the same time this function
3726 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3728 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3730 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3731 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3733 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3734 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3735 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3737 /* From-window, to-window. */
3738 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3740 /* From-position, to-position. */
3741 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3745 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3751 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3753 /* From-window, to-window. */
3756 /* From-position, to-position. */
3757 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3762 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3770 /* Now we know that:
3771 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3772 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3773 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3774 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3775 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3776 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3777 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3778 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3779 never use them in that case.) */
3781 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3782 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3784 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3785 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3788 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3789 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3791 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3794 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3797 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3799 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3802 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3804 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3808 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3814 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3815 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3819 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3820 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3821 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3822 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3823 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3824 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3825 the frame are divided into. */
3827 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3828 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3833 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3834 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3835 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3845 /***********************************************************************
3847 ***********************************************************************/
3849 /* Scroll bar support. */
3851 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3853 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3856 static struct scroll_bar
*
3857 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3863 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3864 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3865 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3867 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3868 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3871 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3873 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3874 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3875 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3878 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3880 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3881 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3882 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3883 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3884 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3887 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3888 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3889 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3890 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3897 #if defined USE_LUCID
3899 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3900 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3903 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3908 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3909 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3912 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3913 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3915 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3922 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3925 /************************************************************************
3927 ************************************************************************/
3929 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3931 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3932 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3933 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3934 struct scroll_bar
*));
3935 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3939 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3940 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3942 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3944 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3946 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3948 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3949 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3952 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3954 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3956 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3958 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3959 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3960 to avoid jerkyness. */
3962 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3964 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3965 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3966 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3967 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3970 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3973 XtPointer client_data
;
3977 Cardinal
*num_params
;
3983 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
3984 end_action
= "Release";
3985 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
3986 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
3987 end_action
= "EndScroll";
3988 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
3991 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
3992 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
3996 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
3997 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
3998 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4000 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4002 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4003 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4004 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4006 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4007 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4009 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4010 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4013 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4015 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4016 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4018 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4019 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4022 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4023 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4024 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4025 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4028 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4030 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4033 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4034 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4035 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4040 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4041 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4042 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4043 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4044 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4047 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4048 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4049 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4050 into that array in the event. */
4051 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4052 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4055 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4057 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4058 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4059 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4061 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4063 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4064 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4067 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4068 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4069 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4070 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4071 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4072 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4074 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4075 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4077 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4078 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4079 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4080 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4085 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4089 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4091 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4093 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4098 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4099 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4101 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4102 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4104 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4105 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4108 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4110 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4112 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4113 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4114 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4115 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4116 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4122 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4124 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4127 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4128 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4129 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4132 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4134 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4136 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4137 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4138 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4142 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4143 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4144 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4147 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4148 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4149 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4152 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4153 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4154 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4157 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4158 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4159 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4163 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4164 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4167 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4168 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4169 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4176 /* Get the slider size. */
4178 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4181 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4182 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4183 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4184 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4188 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4194 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4195 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4196 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4201 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4203 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4204 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4207 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4211 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4217 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4218 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4220 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4222 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4225 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4227 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4233 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4235 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4237 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4239 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4240 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4242 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4244 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4245 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4247 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4249 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4250 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4252 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4254 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4255 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4259 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4260 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4261 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4262 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4267 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4268 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4269 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4273 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4275 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4276 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4277 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4281 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4283 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4285 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4286 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4288 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4291 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4293 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4297 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4299 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4300 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4301 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4302 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4303 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4305 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4307 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4309 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4310 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4311 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4312 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4316 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4317 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4318 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4319 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4320 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4321 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4322 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4325 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4327 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4329 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4330 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4331 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4335 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4337 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4340 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4341 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4343 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4344 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4345 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4346 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4348 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4350 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4351 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4352 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4353 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4356 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4357 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4359 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4361 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4362 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4366 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4368 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4370 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4373 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4378 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4381 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4383 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4389 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4390 unsigned long pixel
;
4395 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4396 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4397 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4398 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4399 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4400 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4401 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4402 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4404 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4407 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4411 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4414 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4418 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4419 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4421 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4422 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4424 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4426 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4428 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4430 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4432 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4434 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4437 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4438 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4440 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4441 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4442 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4443 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4445 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4447 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4448 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4449 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4450 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4451 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4452 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4453 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4454 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4456 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4459 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4463 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4466 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4470 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4472 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4473 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4475 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4476 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4477 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4479 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4481 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4483 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4484 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4485 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4487 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4490 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4491 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4492 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4493 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4494 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4495 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4497 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4501 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4502 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4503 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4505 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4507 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4510 /* Specify the colors. */
4511 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4514 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4517 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4520 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4526 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4527 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4531 char *val
= initial
;
4532 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4533 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4534 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4536 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4537 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4538 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4539 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4540 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4541 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4545 /* Define callbacks. */
4546 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4547 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4550 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4551 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4553 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4555 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4556 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4557 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4558 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4560 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4561 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4562 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4563 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4567 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4570 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4571 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4575 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4576 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4577 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4579 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4582 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4584 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4585 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4586 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4588 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4589 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4596 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4597 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4598 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4599 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4600 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4601 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4602 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4603 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4604 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4605 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4606 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4607 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4608 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4609 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4616 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4617 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4620 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4624 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4625 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4627 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4628 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4629 size
= max (size
, 1);
4631 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4632 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4633 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4635 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4637 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4643 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4644 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4648 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4650 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4651 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4652 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4656 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4657 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4658 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4661 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4662 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4664 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4665 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4666 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4667 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4669 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4670 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4673 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4674 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4675 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4677 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4681 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4685 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4687 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4691 /************************************************************************
4692 Scroll bars, general
4693 ************************************************************************/
4695 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4696 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4697 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4700 static struct scroll_bar
*
4701 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4703 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4705 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4706 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4707 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4711 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4712 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4713 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4715 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4719 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4720 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4721 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4723 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4724 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4726 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4728 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4730 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4731 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4732 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4733 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4734 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4736 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4738 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4739 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4740 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4742 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4744 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4751 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4753 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4755 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4756 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4757 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4758 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4759 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4760 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4761 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4762 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4764 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4765 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4767 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4768 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4769 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4771 /* Map the window/widget. */
4772 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4775 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4776 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4778 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4779 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4781 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4782 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4783 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4784 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4785 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4787 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4788 max (height
, 1), 0);
4789 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4790 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4792 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4793 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4794 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4801 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4803 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4804 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4805 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4808 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4809 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4810 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4811 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4812 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4814 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4817 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4818 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4822 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4823 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4824 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4825 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4827 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4829 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4830 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4836 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4837 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4838 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4840 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4841 the distance between start and end. */
4843 int length
= end
- start
;
4847 else if (start
> top_range
)
4849 end
= start
+ length
;
4853 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4857 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4858 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4859 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4861 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4862 if (end
> top_range
)
4865 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4866 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4867 that many pixels tall. */
4868 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4870 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4871 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4873 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4874 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4875 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4876 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4877 inside_width
, start
,
4880 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4881 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4882 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4883 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4885 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4886 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4887 /* x, y, width, height */
4888 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4889 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4890 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4892 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4893 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4894 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4895 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4897 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4898 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4899 if (end
< inside_height
)
4900 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4901 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4902 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4903 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4904 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4912 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4914 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4918 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4919 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4921 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4924 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4926 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4927 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4928 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4929 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4931 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4934 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4935 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4941 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4942 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4943 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4947 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4949 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4951 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4952 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4953 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4954 int window_y
, window_height
;
4956 /* Get window dimensions. */
4957 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
4959 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
4960 height
= window_height
;
4962 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4963 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
4965 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4966 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4967 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
4968 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
4972 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
4973 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4974 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4976 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
4977 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
4981 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
4982 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
4983 : width
- sb_width
));
4985 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4986 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
4991 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
4992 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
4994 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4997 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4998 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5002 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5006 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5007 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5009 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5013 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5015 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5017 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5019 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5022 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5024 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5027 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5028 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5029 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5030 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5031 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5033 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5034 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5036 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5037 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5039 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5040 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5041 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5043 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5044 max (height
, 1), 0);
5045 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5047 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5049 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5050 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5051 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5053 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5054 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5056 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5057 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5058 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5062 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5063 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5064 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5067 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5068 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5069 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5071 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5072 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5073 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5074 rest
, height
, False
);
5076 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5077 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5081 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5086 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5088 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5090 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5094 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5096 /* Remember new settings. */
5097 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5098 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5099 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5100 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5105 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5106 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5107 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5108 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5110 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5112 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5115 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5118 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5119 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5120 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5123 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5125 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5129 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5130 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5131 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5132 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5133 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5134 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5135 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5137 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5138 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5139 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5142 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5145 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5146 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5149 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5150 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5151 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5152 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5153 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5154 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5155 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5160 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5161 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5164 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5165 struct window
*window
;
5167 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5170 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5171 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5174 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5176 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5177 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5178 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5180 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5182 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5183 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5185 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5186 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5187 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5189 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5190 one or the other! */
5194 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5196 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5197 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5199 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5201 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5202 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5203 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5206 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5207 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5210 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5213 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5215 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5217 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5218 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5219 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5221 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5223 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5225 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5228 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5231 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5232 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5236 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5237 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5238 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5240 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5244 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5245 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5248 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5249 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5250 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5251 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5255 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5257 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5258 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5260 /* x, y, width, height */
5262 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5263 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5268 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5270 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5271 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5273 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5278 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5279 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5281 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5283 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5286 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5287 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5288 emacs_event
->modifiers
5289 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5290 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5291 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5292 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5295 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5296 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5297 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5300 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5302 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5305 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5306 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5309 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5311 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5312 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5313 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5314 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5316 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5318 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5319 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5320 whether or not we're dragging. */
5322 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5324 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5325 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5326 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5329 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5330 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5331 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5332 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5334 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5335 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5337 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5338 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5342 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5344 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5346 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5347 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5349 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5351 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5354 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5358 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5360 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5362 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5366 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5367 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5370 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5372 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5375 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5377 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5378 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5380 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5381 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5383 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5385 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5387 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5392 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5394 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5395 on the scroll bar. */
5398 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5400 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5401 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5403 unsigned long *time
;
5405 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5406 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5407 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5409 Window dummy_window
;
5411 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5415 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5417 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5419 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5420 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5421 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5423 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5426 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5433 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5436 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5438 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5440 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5441 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5445 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5449 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5451 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5452 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5453 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5454 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5455 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5456 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5458 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5460 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5461 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5464 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5467 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5473 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5474 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5475 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5479 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5482 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5485 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5486 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5487 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5488 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5489 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5490 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5491 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5492 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5494 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5498 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5501 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5502 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5503 sometimes don't work. */
5505 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5508 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5509 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5510 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5511 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5513 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5514 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5516 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5518 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5519 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5521 static int temp_index
;
5522 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5524 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5525 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5527 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5529 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5530 on a particular display. */
5532 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5534 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5535 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5536 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5537 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5539 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5541 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5544 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5545 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5546 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5547 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5548 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5549 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5553 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5554 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5564 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5565 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5566 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5568 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5570 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5574 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5575 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5578 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5579 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5580 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5583 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5584 event
->xclient
.window
);
5586 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5591 static int current_count
;
5592 static int current_finish
;
5593 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5595 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5596 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5597 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5598 static GdkFilterReturn
5599 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5604 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5606 if (current_count
>= 0)
5608 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5610 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5613 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5614 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5615 so we do it here. */
5616 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5617 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5618 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5622 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5626 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5631 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5633 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5634 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5636 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5638 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5641 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5643 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5644 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5645 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5647 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5650 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5651 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5654 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5657 struct input_event ie
;
5658 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5664 struct coding_system coding
;
5665 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5667 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5669 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5670 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5677 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5678 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5679 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5681 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5682 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5684 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5685 could be the shell widget window
5686 if the frame has no title bar. */
5687 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5689 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5690 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5691 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5693 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5694 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5695 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5696 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5697 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5700 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5701 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5702 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5703 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5706 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5707 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5708 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5711 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5712 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5713 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5714 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5715 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5716 /* The ICCCM says this is
5717 the only valid choice. */
5719 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5720 /* This is needed to detect the error
5721 if there is an error. */
5723 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5725 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5730 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5731 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5733 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5734 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5735 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5736 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5737 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5738 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5739 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5740 session manager and one for this. */
5742 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5745 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5746 event
.xclient
.window
);
5747 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5748 for a single Emacs process. */
5749 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5750 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5751 event
.xclient
.window
,
5752 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5754 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5755 event
.xclient
.window
,
5761 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5762 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5764 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5765 event
.xclient
.window
);
5767 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5769 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5770 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5777 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5778 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5783 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5784 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5787 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5789 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5790 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5794 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5801 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5802 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5804 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5805 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5809 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5811 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5812 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5813 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5814 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5816 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5817 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5818 currently never do because we are interested in
5819 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5820 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5821 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5822 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5823 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5827 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5828 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5829 we construct an input_event. */
5830 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5831 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5833 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5834 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5837 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5839 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5844 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5845 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5849 case SelectionNotify
:
5850 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5851 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5853 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5854 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5857 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5858 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5859 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5861 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5863 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5865 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5866 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5867 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5868 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5869 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5873 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5874 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5875 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5877 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5879 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5880 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5882 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5883 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5884 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5885 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5886 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5887 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5888 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5889 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5893 case PropertyNotify
:
5894 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5895 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5896 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5897 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5898 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5902 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5905 case ReparentNotify
:
5906 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5910 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5911 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5915 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5916 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5921 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5924 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
5927 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5928 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5929 event
.xexpose
.window
,
5930 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5931 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
5934 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
5936 f
->async_visible
= 1;
5937 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
5938 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
5939 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
5943 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5944 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
5948 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5949 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5951 #if defined USE_LUCID
5952 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
5953 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
5954 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
5957 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
5959 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
5961 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5963 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5964 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
5966 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5967 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5968 event
.xexpose
.window
);
5971 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
5972 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5975 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5976 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5980 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
5981 source area was obscured or not
5983 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
5987 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
5988 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
5989 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
5991 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5994 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5997 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
5998 source area was completely
6003 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6004 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6007 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6010 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6011 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6012 the frame was deleted. */
6014 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6015 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6016 display that won't ever be seen. */
6017 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6018 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6019 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6020 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6021 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6022 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6023 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6024 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6026 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6028 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6029 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6035 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6036 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6037 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6040 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6041 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6042 frame is visible. */
6043 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6046 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6047 the frame's display structures.
6048 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6049 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6050 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6051 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6052 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6053 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6055 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6056 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6057 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6061 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6062 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6064 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6065 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6066 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6067 to update the frame titles
6068 in case this is the second frame. */
6069 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6075 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6077 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6078 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6079 if (popup_activated ())
6083 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6085 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6087 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6088 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6091 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6094 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6095 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6096 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6098 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6100 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6101 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6104 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6108 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6109 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6110 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6113 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6114 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6115 status_return even if the input is too long to
6116 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6117 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6118 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6119 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6120 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6121 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6122 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6124 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6128 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6129 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6130 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6132 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6136 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6137 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6138 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6140 /* This will have to go some day... */
6142 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6143 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6144 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6145 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6146 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6147 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6148 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6150 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6151 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6152 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6153 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6154 not it is combined with Meta. */
6155 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6156 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6161 Status status_return
;
6163 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6164 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6165 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6166 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6168 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6170 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6171 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6172 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6173 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6174 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6177 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6178 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6179 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6180 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6181 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6182 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6183 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6184 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6186 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6188 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6189 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6190 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6193 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6199 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6201 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6206 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6207 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6211 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6212 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6215 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6216 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6220 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6221 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6222 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6225 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6226 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6228 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6229 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6231 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6232 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6234 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6235 translations to characters. */
6236 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6237 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6239 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6240 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6244 /* Keysyms directly mapped to supported Unicode characters. */
6245 if ((keysym
>= 0x01000100 && keysym
<= 0x010033ff)
6246 || (keysym
>= 0x0100e000 && keysym
<= 0x0100ffff))
6248 int code
, charset_id
, c1
, c2
;
6250 if (keysym
< 0x01002500)
6251 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_0100_24ff
,
6252 code
= (keysym
& 0xFFFF) - 0x100;
6253 else if (keysym
< 0x0100e000)
6254 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_2500_33ff
,
6255 code
= (keysym
& 0xFFFF) - 0x2500;
6257 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_e000_ffff
,
6258 code
= (keysym
& 0xFFFF) - 0xe000;
6259 c1
= (code
/ 96) + 32, c2
= (code
% 96) + 32;
6260 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6261 inev
.ie
.code
= MAKE_CHAR (charset_id
, c1
, c2
);
6265 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6266 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6267 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6271 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6272 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6273 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6274 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6278 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6279 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6280 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6281 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6282 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6283 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6285 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6286 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6288 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6289 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6290 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6291 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6292 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6293 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6295 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6296 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6298 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6299 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6301 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6302 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6304 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6305 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6307 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6308 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6310 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6311 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6313 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6314 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6316 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6317 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6319 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6320 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6322 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6323 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6325 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6326 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6328 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6329 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6331 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6332 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6334 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6335 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6336 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6337 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6338 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6339 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6341 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6342 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6345 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6347 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6348 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6349 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6350 don't have real modifiers but
6351 should be treated similarly to
6352 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6353 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6354 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6356 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6357 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6361 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6362 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6364 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6365 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6369 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6374 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6375 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6376 we used just above and the locale. */
6377 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6378 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6379 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6380 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6381 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6382 gives us composition information. */
6383 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6385 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6387 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6391 /* Decode the input data. */
6395 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6396 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6397 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6398 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6399 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6400 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6401 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6402 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6403 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6407 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6408 character events. */
6409 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6411 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6412 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6414 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6416 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6417 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6418 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6420 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6423 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6424 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6427 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6429 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6435 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6436 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6445 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6446 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6454 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6456 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6458 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6459 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6462 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6464 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6465 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6467 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6469 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6470 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6473 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6474 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6477 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6478 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6479 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6480 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6484 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6488 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6490 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6493 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6495 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6496 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6497 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6498 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6501 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6502 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6503 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6504 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6505 if (any_help_event_p
)
6511 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6516 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6517 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6519 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6520 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6521 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6523 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6525 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6527 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6528 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6534 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6535 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6539 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6540 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6543 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6544 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6545 will be selected iff it is active. */
6546 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6547 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6548 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6550 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6551 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6556 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6557 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6561 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6562 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6563 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6564 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6567 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6568 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6570 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6571 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6572 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6575 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6576 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6577 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6578 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6583 case ConfigureNotify
:
6584 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6587 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6589 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6590 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6591 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6592 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6593 do this one, the right one will come later.
6594 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6595 need to reset it below. */
6597 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6598 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6599 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6600 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6605 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6606 is called by the code that handles resizing
6607 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6609 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6610 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6611 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6612 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6613 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6614 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6615 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6617 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6618 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6619 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6621 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6624 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6625 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6628 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6629 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6630 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6631 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6634 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6635 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6636 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6638 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6639 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6640 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6644 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6645 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6648 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6650 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6651 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6652 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6653 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6661 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6662 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6665 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6666 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6668 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6670 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6671 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6673 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6677 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6678 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6679 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6682 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6683 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6685 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6686 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6688 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6689 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6691 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6692 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6693 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6699 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6700 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6702 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6703 if (! popup_activated ())
6706 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6708 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6709 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6711 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6712 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6714 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6715 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6718 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6724 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6725 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6726 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6728 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6729 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6731 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6733 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6734 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6736 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6738 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6739 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6742 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6744 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6745 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6748 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6751 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6753 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6754 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6755 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6759 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6760 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6761 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6762 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6763 Instead, save it away
6764 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6765 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6768 ! popup_activated ()
6771 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6772 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6773 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6774 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6775 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6776 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6777 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6778 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6780 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6781 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6783 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6786 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6788 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6792 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6793 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6794 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6796 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6798 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6799 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6800 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6805 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6808 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6812 case CirculateNotify
:
6815 case CirculateRequest
:
6818 case VisibilityNotify
:
6822 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6824 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6826 case MappingModifier
:
6827 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6828 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6829 case MappingKeyboard
:
6830 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6836 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6838 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6839 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6841 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6846 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6848 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6853 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6858 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6864 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6865 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6866 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6870 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6871 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6881 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6882 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6883 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6885 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6887 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6891 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6892 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6894 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6897 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6903 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6904 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6905 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6907 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6908 thus pretending to be `read'.
6910 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6913 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6916 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6920 int event_found
= 0;
6921 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6923 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6925 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6929 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6932 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6933 input_signal_count
++;
6937 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6938 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6939 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6941 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6943 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6944 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6945 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
6946 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
6947 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
6948 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
6951 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
6952 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
6953 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
6954 for X connections. */
6957 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
6959 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
6960 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
6961 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6962 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
6964 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
6968 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6969 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
6971 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
6972 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
6977 struct input_event inev
;
6979 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
6980 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
6981 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
6983 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6991 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
6995 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6998 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
6999 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7004 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7006 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7009 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7014 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7015 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7016 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7017 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7019 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7020 from all displays. */
7022 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7024 current_count
= count
;
7025 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7027 gtk_main_iteration ();
7029 count
= current_count
;
7031 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7033 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7036 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7040 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7041 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7044 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7045 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7046 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7048 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7052 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7053 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7055 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7057 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7058 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7062 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7064 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7065 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7067 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7068 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7080 /***********************************************************************
7082 ***********************************************************************/
7084 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7085 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7087 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7088 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7089 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7092 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7094 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7098 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7099 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7100 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7102 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7104 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7105 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7106 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7107 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7108 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7110 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7114 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7117 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7119 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7121 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7122 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7123 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7126 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7129 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7130 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7131 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7132 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7135 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7136 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7137 y
= get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &h
);
7138 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7140 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7141 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7142 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7143 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7144 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7146 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7147 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7148 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7150 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7151 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7152 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7153 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7157 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7159 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7160 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7161 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7165 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7167 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7169 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7171 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7172 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7174 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7175 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7177 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7178 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7181 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7182 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7183 the bar might not be in the window. */
7184 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7186 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7187 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7188 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7192 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7193 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7194 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7195 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7196 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7199 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7200 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7201 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7202 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7203 that the glyph is legible. */
7204 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7205 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7207 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7208 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7211 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7214 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7215 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7219 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7220 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7222 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7223 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7225 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7226 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7227 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7228 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7229 width
, row
->height
);
7231 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7232 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7233 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7234 row
->height
- width
),
7235 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7238 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7243 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7246 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7250 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7254 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7257 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7259 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7261 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7262 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7266 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7269 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7271 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7273 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7276 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7280 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7281 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7283 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7284 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7286 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7287 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7290 switch (cursor_type
)
7292 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7293 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7296 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7297 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7301 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7305 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7309 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7317 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7318 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7319 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7324 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7325 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7332 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7335 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7341 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7344 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7345 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7346 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7347 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7352 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7353 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7354 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7356 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7357 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7358 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7362 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7363 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7367 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7369 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7372 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7374 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7375 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7376 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7378 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7381 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7382 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7386 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7387 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7391 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7392 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7393 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7394 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7395 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7397 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7400 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7401 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7407 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7408 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7411 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7415 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7421 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7422 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7424 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7425 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7427 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7428 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7429 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7431 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7432 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7433 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7434 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7439 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7441 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7442 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7444 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7446 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7447 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7448 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7451 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7455 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7456 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7457 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7460 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7461 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7464 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7465 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7466 stored in x_error_message_string.
7468 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7469 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7471 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7473 void x_check_errors ();
7474 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7477 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7480 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7482 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7485 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7486 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7487 x_error_message_string
));
7489 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7490 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7495 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7498 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7499 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7501 Lisp_Object first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7502 Display
*dpy
= XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
;
7504 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7505 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7506 if (x_display_info_for_display (dpy
) != 0)
7513 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7517 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7518 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7519 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7522 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7526 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7529 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7530 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7533 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7534 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7537 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7540 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7543 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7546 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7549 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7552 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7555 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7556 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7557 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7558 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7561 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7565 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7569 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7572 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7577 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7578 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7579 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7580 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7581 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7584 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7585 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7588 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7589 must reestablish each time */
7590 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7595 /************************************************************************
7597 ************************************************************************/
7599 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7601 static char *error_msg
;
7603 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7604 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7605 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7608 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7610 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7614 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7615 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7618 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7620 char *error_message
;
7622 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7623 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7626 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7627 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7628 handling_signal
= 0;
7630 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7631 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7632 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7633 the original message here. */
7634 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7636 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7637 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7638 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7640 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7641 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7642 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7644 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7645 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7647 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7648 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7649 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7651 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7652 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7653 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7656 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7657 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7658 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7659 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7665 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7668 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7670 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7672 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7673 that are on the dead display. */
7674 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7676 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7678 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7679 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7680 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7681 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7682 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7683 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7686 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7687 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7688 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7689 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7690 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7691 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7693 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7694 trying to find a replacement. */
7695 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7696 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7700 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7702 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7704 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7706 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7707 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7711 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7713 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7715 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7716 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7718 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7719 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7722 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7723 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7724 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
);
7726 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7727 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7730 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7734 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7735 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7737 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7741 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7742 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7743 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7745 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7747 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7748 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7753 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7759 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7760 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7762 static void NO_INLINE
7763 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7767 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7769 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7770 original error handler. */
7772 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7773 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7774 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7775 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7779 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7780 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7781 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7784 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7789 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7790 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7794 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7796 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7797 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7798 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7799 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7802 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7804 register char *fontname
;
7806 struct font_info
*fontp
7807 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7812 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7813 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7814 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7816 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7817 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7818 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7820 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7822 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7823 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7825 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7826 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7827 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7831 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7832 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7835 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7836 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7838 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7839 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7840 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7841 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7842 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7843 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7845 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7846 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7847 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7848 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7849 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7852 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7855 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7856 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7857 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7858 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7861 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7865 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7871 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7872 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7874 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7876 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7878 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7879 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7882 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7883 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7887 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7888 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7891 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7895 /***********************************************************************
7897 ***********************************************************************/
7903 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7904 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7905 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7908 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7910 XPointer client_data
;
7913 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7914 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7918 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7919 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7921 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7922 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7924 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7925 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7929 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7930 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7931 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7935 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7938 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7939 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
7942 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7943 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7946 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
7947 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7948 char *resource_name
;
7955 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7962 XIMCallback destroy
;
7965 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7966 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7969 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7970 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7971 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7977 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7978 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7982 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7986 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7987 char *resource_name
;
7990 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7991 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7992 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7993 when the callback was registered. */
7996 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
7998 XPointer client_data
;
8001 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8002 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8004 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8008 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8010 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8011 as they have no XIC. */
8012 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8014 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8017 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8019 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8021 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8022 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8024 create_frame_xic (f
);
8025 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8026 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8027 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8029 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8030 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8039 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8042 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8043 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8044 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8045 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8048 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8049 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8050 char *resource_name
;
8055 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8056 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8059 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8060 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8061 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8062 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8063 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8064 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8065 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8066 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8067 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8068 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8069 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8070 least, hence the configure test. */
8071 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8072 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8073 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8074 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8075 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8079 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8080 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8084 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8087 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8088 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8093 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8094 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8095 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8097 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8098 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8099 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8100 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8101 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8102 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8104 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8107 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8111 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8112 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8115 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8118 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8120 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8121 is already for the top-left corner. */
8122 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8125 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8126 position that fits on the screen. */
8127 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8128 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8129 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8132 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8134 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8135 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8136 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8138 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8139 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8140 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8141 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8144 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8145 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8147 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8150 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8151 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8154 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8155 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8156 so the flags should correspond. */
8157 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8160 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8161 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8162 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8163 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8164 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8167 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8169 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8172 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8174 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8178 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8180 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8182 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8183 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8185 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8188 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8190 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8191 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8193 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8195 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8196 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8197 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8198 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8199 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8202 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8203 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8205 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8206 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8208 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8209 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8210 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8216 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8217 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8219 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8222 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8224 int width
, height
, ign
;
8226 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8228 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8230 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8231 when setting WM manager hints.
8232 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8233 x_check_expected_move. */
8234 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8236 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8237 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8238 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8240 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8241 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8246 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8248 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8249 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8250 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8251 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8253 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8256 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8258 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8259 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8261 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8263 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8264 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8265 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8267 f
->left_pos
= expect_left
;
8268 f
->top_pos
= expect_top
;
8269 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 0);
8271 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8272 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8274 /* Just do this once */
8275 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8280 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8281 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8282 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8283 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8286 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8291 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8293 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8294 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8295 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8297 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8298 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8299 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8301 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8303 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8304 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8306 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8307 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8309 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8310 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8311 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8313 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8314 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8315 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8316 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8318 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8319 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8320 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8321 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8322 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8324 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8326 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8327 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8328 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8330 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8331 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8332 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8333 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8334 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8336 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8340 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8341 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8342 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8343 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8346 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8354 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8355 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8357 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8360 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8362 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8363 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8364 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8365 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8366 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8367 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8368 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8369 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8370 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8373 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8375 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8377 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8379 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8381 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8382 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8384 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8385 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8386 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8387 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8388 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8393 /* Mouse warping. */
8396 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8402 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8403 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8405 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8406 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8408 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8409 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8413 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8414 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8418 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8421 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8427 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8428 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8432 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8435 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8438 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8442 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8443 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8444 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8445 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8446 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8455 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8456 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8457 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8458 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8462 /* Raise frame F. */
8468 if (f
->async_visible
)
8471 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8472 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8477 /* Lower frame F. */
8483 if (f
->async_visible
)
8486 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8487 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8493 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8503 /* Change of visibility. */
8505 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8506 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8507 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8508 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8509 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8510 finishes with it. */
8513 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8517 int original_top
, original_left
;
8518 int retry_count
= 2;
8524 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8526 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8528 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8530 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8531 call x_set_offset a second time
8532 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8533 before the window gets really visible. */
8534 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8535 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8536 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8538 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8540 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8541 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8542 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8543 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8544 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8545 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8547 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8548 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8550 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8551 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8552 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8553 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8554 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8555 to come back ok without this. */
8556 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8557 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8561 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8563 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8564 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8565 so that incoming events are handled. */
8569 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8570 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8571 will set it when they are handled. */
8572 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8574 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8575 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8577 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8580 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8582 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8583 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8584 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8585 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8587 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8588 because the window manager may choose the position
8589 and we don't want to override it. */
8591 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8592 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8593 && previously_visible
)
8597 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8601 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8602 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8603 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8604 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8605 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8606 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8607 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8608 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8609 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8611 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8612 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8613 original_left
, original_top
);
8618 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8620 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8621 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8622 MapNotify at all.. */
8623 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8624 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8626 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8629 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8630 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8631 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8632 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8633 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8635 if (input_polling_used ())
8637 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8638 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8639 handler reset it. */
8640 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8641 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8642 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8643 poll_for_input_1 ();
8644 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8647 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8648 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8653 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8657 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8658 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8659 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8660 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8662 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8667 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8669 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8672 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8677 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8678 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8680 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8681 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8682 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8684 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8685 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8691 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8692 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8693 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8694 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8695 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8696 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8699 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8700 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8706 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8707 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8709 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8710 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8712 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8714 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8715 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8719 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8720 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8721 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8722 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8723 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8724 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8726 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8729 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8730 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8734 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8735 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8736 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8739 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8740 just by the event that we get from the server.
8741 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8742 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8743 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8745 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8746 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8747 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8754 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8763 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8764 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8765 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8767 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8772 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8774 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8776 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8779 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8781 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8782 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8784 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8787 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8788 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8794 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8796 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8798 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8799 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8800 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8801 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8802 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8803 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8804 so we have to record it here. */
8807 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8808 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8813 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8814 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8815 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8819 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8821 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8822 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8826 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8828 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8830 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8831 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8832 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8833 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8835 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8836 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8838 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8839 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8843 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8844 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8845 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8846 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8847 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8849 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8850 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8852 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8855 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8856 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8860 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8862 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8864 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8866 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8867 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8870 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8871 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8873 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8875 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8879 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8882 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8885 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8887 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8891 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8892 commands to the X server. */
8893 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8895 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8896 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8898 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8899 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8900 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8901 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
8902 toolkit scroll bars. */
8903 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
8905 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8906 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8915 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8916 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
8918 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8919 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
8921 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
8922 we are using a toolkit. */
8923 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8924 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8926 free_frame_menubar (f
);
8927 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8930 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
8931 frames. We must check and free both types. */
8932 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8934 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8935 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
8936 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
8938 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8940 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8941 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8942 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8944 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
8945 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
8946 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
8947 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
8948 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
8949 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
8951 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
8952 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
8953 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
8954 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
8955 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8956 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
8957 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8958 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
8959 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8960 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
8961 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8962 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
8963 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
8964 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
8965 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
8967 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
8968 free_frame_faces (f
);
8971 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8974 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8975 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
8977 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
8978 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
8980 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
8981 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
8982 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
8983 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
8984 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
8985 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8987 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
8989 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
8990 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
8991 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
8992 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
8993 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
8994 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
8995 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9002 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9005 x_destroy_window (f
)
9008 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9010 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9011 commands to the X server. */
9012 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9013 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9015 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9019 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9021 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9022 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9023 that the window now has.
9024 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9025 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9026 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9030 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9035 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9037 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9040 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9043 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9045 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9046 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9048 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9049 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9051 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9052 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9053 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9054 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9055 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9056 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9057 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9058 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9059 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9060 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9062 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9063 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9064 size_hints
.max_width
9065 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9066 size_hints
.max_height
9067 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9069 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9071 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9072 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9073 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9075 int base_width
, base_height
;
9076 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9078 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9079 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9081 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9083 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9084 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9085 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9086 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9087 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9089 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9090 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9091 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9094 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9095 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9096 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9097 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9098 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9100 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9101 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9105 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9108 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9111 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9114 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9115 long supplied_return
;
9119 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9122 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9125 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9126 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9127 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9128 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9129 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9133 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9138 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9139 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9140 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9141 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9142 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9143 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9144 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9145 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9149 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9154 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9155 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9159 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9160 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9162 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9165 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9167 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9170 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9172 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9175 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9179 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9182 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9183 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9184 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9185 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9187 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9188 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9190 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9191 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9195 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9199 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9201 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9202 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9207 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9208 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9209 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9210 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9214 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9215 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9216 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9217 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9218 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9219 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9220 best to explicitly give up. */
9222 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9223 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9232 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9236 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9240 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9241 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9242 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9243 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9246 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9248 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9249 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9251 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9255 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9259 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9261 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9262 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9263 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9265 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9269 /***********************************************************************
9271 ***********************************************************************/
9273 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9276 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9280 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9284 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9286 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9289 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9291 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9292 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9293 on how many fonts to match. */
9296 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9298 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9302 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9303 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9304 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9305 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9306 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9307 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9309 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9313 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9317 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9318 if (NILP (patterns
))
9319 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9321 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9322 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9323 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9325 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9328 char **names
= NULL
;
9330 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9331 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9332 The cache is an alist of the form:
9333 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9334 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9335 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9336 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9337 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9340 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9341 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9345 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9348 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9350 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9353 unsigned long value
;
9355 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9356 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9358 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9359 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9361 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9365 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9367 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9368 int len
= strlen (name
);
9371 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9372 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9373 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9375 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9379 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9380 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9382 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9383 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9388 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9391 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9394 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9396 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9397 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9404 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9405 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9408 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9417 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9420 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9422 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9423 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9425 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9429 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9436 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9437 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9438 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9442 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9444 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9445 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9446 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9447 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9448 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9449 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9454 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9456 else if (dashes
== 9)
9458 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9459 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9462 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9463 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9465 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9466 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9468 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9469 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9470 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9472 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9473 width of this font. */
9474 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9476 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9477 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9482 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9485 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9490 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9491 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9492 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9495 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9497 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9498 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9499 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9505 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9509 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9513 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9515 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9516 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9517 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9520 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9521 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9522 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9523 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9525 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9526 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9528 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9530 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9536 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9538 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9540 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9544 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9545 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9546 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9547 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9550 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9551 if (found_size
== size
)
9552 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9553 else if (found_size
> 0)
9555 if (NILP (second_best
))
9557 else if (found_size
< size
)
9559 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9560 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9565 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9566 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9571 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9573 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9575 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9586 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9590 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9595 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9597 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9599 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9600 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9601 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9604 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9607 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9609 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9610 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9611 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9612 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9613 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9616 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9620 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9621 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9623 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9624 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9625 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9627 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9631 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9632 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9633 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9634 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9635 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9638 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9642 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9644 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9645 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9647 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9648 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9650 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9651 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9653 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9656 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9657 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9658 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9660 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9661 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9664 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9665 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9667 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9668 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9669 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9673 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9674 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9675 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9676 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9679 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9681 register char *fontname
;
9684 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9685 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9688 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9689 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9690 we already have by comparing names. */
9691 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9693 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9698 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9699 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9700 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9701 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9702 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9703 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9704 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9705 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9708 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9712 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9713 unsigned long value
;
9716 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9717 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9718 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9719 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9720 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9721 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9722 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9725 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9726 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9727 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9729 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9730 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9732 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9734 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9739 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9740 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9741 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9744 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9745 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9746 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9749 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9750 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9752 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9755 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9756 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9759 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9761 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9763 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9764 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9765 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9767 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9769 /* Fixed width font. */
9770 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9777 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9778 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9780 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9782 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9784 fontp
->average_width
9785 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9786 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9787 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9788 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9789 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9793 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9794 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9795 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9796 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9797 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9800 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9804 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9806 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9808 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9812 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9813 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9815 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9826 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9827 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9834 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9836 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9838 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9839 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9841 if (NILP (font_names
))
9843 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9844 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9845 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9846 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9847 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9848 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9851 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9853 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9854 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9856 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9859 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9861 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9863 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9864 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9866 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9870 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9871 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9872 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9873 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9874 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9875 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9876 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9877 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9879 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9881 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9882 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9883 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9884 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9885 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9887 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9888 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9889 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9890 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9891 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9892 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9893 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9894 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9895 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9896 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9897 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9898 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9899 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9901 fontp
->baseline_offset
9902 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9903 ? (long) value
: 0);
9904 fontp
->relative_compose
9905 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9906 ? (long) value
: 0);
9907 fontp
->default_ascent
9908 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9909 ? (long) value
: 0);
9911 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9912 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9913 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9914 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9915 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9916 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9923 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9924 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9927 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9929 register char *fontname
;
9931 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9934 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9935 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9936 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9937 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9938 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9943 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9944 `encoder' of the structure. */
9947 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
9948 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9950 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
9953 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9957 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
9958 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
9960 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
9967 struct ccl_program
*ccl
9968 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
9970 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
9973 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
9979 /***********************************************************************
9981 ***********************************************************************/
9983 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9984 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9985 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9986 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9988 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9989 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9990 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9992 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9993 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9994 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9995 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9996 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9997 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9998 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10000 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10002 static int x_initialized
;
10004 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10005 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10006 the screen number from the server number. */
10008 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10009 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10011 int seen_colon
= 0;
10012 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10013 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10014 int length_until_period
= 0;
10016 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10017 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10018 length_until_period
++;
10020 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10021 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10023 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10025 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10026 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10027 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10028 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10029 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10030 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10031 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10032 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10033 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10034 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10035 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10036 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10037 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10038 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10040 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10044 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10048 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10049 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10053 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10054 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10057 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10058 unsigned long mask
;
10065 while (!(mask
& 1))
10081 struct x_display_info
*
10082 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10083 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10085 char *resource_name
;
10089 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10094 if (!x_initialized
)
10102 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10104 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10105 char **argv2
= argv
;
10108 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10110 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10111 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10112 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10113 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10114 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10118 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10122 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10124 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10126 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10127 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10130 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10131 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10134 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10137 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10139 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10143 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10145 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10146 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10148 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10150 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10151 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10152 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10154 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10155 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10156 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10158 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10159 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10164 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10165 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10168 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10169 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10170 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10172 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10173 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10174 So let's not use it until R6. */
10175 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10176 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10187 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10188 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10190 turn_on_atimers (0);
10191 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10192 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10193 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10195 turn_on_atimers (1);
10197 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10198 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10203 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10205 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10207 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10208 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10209 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10211 /* Detect failure. */
10218 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10220 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10221 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10223 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10225 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10228 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10229 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10230 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10231 SDATA (display_name
)))
10234 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10237 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10238 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10239 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10241 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10243 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10244 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10245 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10249 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10250 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10251 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10252 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10253 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10254 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10255 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10257 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10261 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10262 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10263 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10265 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10266 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10267 x_display_name_list
);
10268 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10270 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10273 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10277 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10278 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10280 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10281 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10283 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10284 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10286 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10288 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10289 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10290 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10292 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10293 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10295 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10296 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10297 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10298 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10300 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10302 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10304 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10306 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10307 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10308 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10309 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10310 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10311 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10312 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10313 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10314 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10315 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10316 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10317 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10318 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10319 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10320 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10321 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10322 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10323 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10324 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10325 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10326 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10327 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10328 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10329 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10330 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10331 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10332 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10333 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10334 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10335 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10336 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10337 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10338 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10340 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10341 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10342 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10344 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10346 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10347 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10348 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10349 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10350 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10351 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10354 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10355 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10357 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10360 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10361 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10362 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10364 if (STRINGP (value
)
10365 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10366 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10367 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10371 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10372 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10375 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10376 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10377 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10378 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10379 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10380 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10381 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10382 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10383 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10386 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10387 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10388 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10389 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10390 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10391 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10392 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10393 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10394 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10395 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10396 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10397 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10398 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10399 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10400 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10401 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10402 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10403 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10404 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10405 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10406 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10407 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10408 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10409 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10410 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10411 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10412 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10413 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10414 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10415 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10416 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10417 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10418 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10419 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10420 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10421 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10422 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10423 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10424 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10425 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10426 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10427 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10428 /* For properties of font. */
10429 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10430 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10431 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10432 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10433 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10434 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10435 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10436 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10437 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10438 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10440 /* Ghostscript support. */
10441 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10442 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10444 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10447 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10449 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10450 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10455 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10457 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10458 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10459 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10464 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10465 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10467 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10469 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10470 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10474 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10477 #ifdef subprocesses
10478 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10479 if (connection
!= 0)
10480 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10483 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10485 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10486 /* stdin is a socket here */
10487 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10488 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10489 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10490 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10491 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10492 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10495 if (interrupt_input
)
10496 init_sigio (connection
);
10497 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10500 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10501 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10502 so that Xt does not crash. */
10504 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10505 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10509 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10510 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10511 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10512 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10513 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10514 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10515 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10516 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10518 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10519 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10520 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10525 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10526 for debugging X code. */
10529 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10530 build_string ("synchronous"),
10531 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10533 if (STRINGP (value
)
10534 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10535 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10536 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10541 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10542 build_string ("useXIM"),
10543 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10546 if (STRINGP (value
)
10547 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10548 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10551 if (STRINGP (value
)
10552 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10553 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10559 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10560 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10561 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10569 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10570 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10573 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10574 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10578 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10580 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10581 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10582 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10583 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10584 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10589 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10590 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10592 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10594 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10597 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10601 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10602 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10604 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10605 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10608 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10610 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10611 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10612 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10615 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10616 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10617 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10620 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10621 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10622 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10626 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10629 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10630 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10631 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10633 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10634 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10635 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10638 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10639 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10641 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10642 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10643 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10647 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10649 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10650 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10651 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10652 that slows us down. */
10655 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10656 struct atimer
*timer
;
10658 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10661 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10662 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10667 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10670 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10672 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10674 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10676 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10680 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10682 x_after_update_window_line
,
10683 x_update_window_begin
,
10684 x_update_window_end
,
10690 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10692 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10693 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10694 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10695 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10696 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10697 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10700 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10701 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10702 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10703 x_clear_frame_area
,
10704 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10705 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10706 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10712 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10714 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10715 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10716 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10717 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10718 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10719 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10720 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10721 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10722 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10723 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10724 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10725 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10726 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10727 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10728 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10729 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10730 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10731 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10733 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10734 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10735 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10736 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10737 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10742 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10743 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10744 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10747 current_count
= -1;
10750 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10751 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10753 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10754 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10756 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10758 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10759 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10760 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10761 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10762 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10763 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10764 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10766 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10768 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10769 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10770 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10771 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10772 widgets don't behave normally. */
10774 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10775 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10776 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10780 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10782 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10783 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10787 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10788 original error handler. */
10789 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10790 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10792 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10794 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10795 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10797 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10804 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10805 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10807 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10808 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10810 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10811 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10813 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10814 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10816 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10817 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10818 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10819 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10821 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10822 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10824 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10825 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10826 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10827 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10828 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10829 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10830 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10832 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10833 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10834 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10835 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10836 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10837 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10838 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10839 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10840 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10842 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10843 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10844 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10845 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10846 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10848 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10849 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10850 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10852 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10854 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10857 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10860 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10861 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10863 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10864 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10865 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10866 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10867 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10868 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10869 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10870 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10871 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10873 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10874 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10875 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10876 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10877 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10878 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10880 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10881 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10882 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10883 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10884 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10885 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10887 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10888 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10889 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10890 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10891 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10892 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10894 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10895 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10896 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10897 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10898 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10899 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10901 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10902 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10903 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10904 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10905 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10909 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10911 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10912 (do not change this comment) */